Dog Groomer With Vacuum —Taking Care of Coat Care & Clean-Up

Dog Groomer With Vacuum.

Best Dog Groomer With Vacuum Kit – Buyers Guide, Review, and Comparison

Finding the right grooming kit for your furry friend is essential for maintaining their hygiene and overall well-being. A dog groomer with vacuum offers an all-in-one approach to coat care. And, keeps your home both hair and dander free. Not only will it perfectly groom your pet, but by vacuuming the shed hair as it goes, it cuts down on the amount of mess too.

Dog Groomer With Vacuum Top Pick

Bunfly Pet Clipper Grooming Kit and Vacuum

Bunfly Pet Clipper Grooming Kit and Vacuum.

The Bunfly pet grooming kit provides everything you need to give your pooch that smooth-groomed look without making too much mess. The extra strong suction of the vacuum will draw in every loose hair, and a dual HEPA filter ensures they stay there too.

  • Easy-to-clean dust box.

  • Includes seven grooming tools.

  • Powerful suction level.

  • Lengthy hose.

Dog Groomer With Vacuum Table Comparisons

PRODUCTFEATURES

Bunfly Pet Clipper Grooming Kit and Vacuum
Suction power: 13 kPa
Dust box capacity: 3.0 liters
Noise level: <65 decibels
No. of tools: 7
  • HEPA (2-stage) filter vacuum.
  • Large capacity dust bin.
  • Comes with seven attachments.

Product Rating: 4.8/5

CHECK PRICE AT AMAZON
Fast Dogs Review

Oneisall Dog Hair Vacuum & Dog Grooming Kit
Suction power: 10 kPa
Dust box capacity: 1.5 liters
Noise level: <<60 decibels
No. of tools: 7
  • Budget-friendly.
  • Includes nail grinder, paw trimmer, & clippers.
  • Three speeds — silence, standard & max.

Product Rating: 4.6/5

CHECK PRICE AT AMAZON
Fast Dogs Review

Neakasa by Neabot P1 Pro Pet Grooming Kit & Vacuum
Suction power: 9 kPa
Dust box capacity: 1 liter
Noise level: <60 decibels
No. of tools: 5
  • Lightweight — 4.4 pounds.
  • Quiet operation.
  • Arrives with de-shedding, clipping, & cleaning tools.

Product Rating: 4.6/5

CHECK PRICE AT AMAZON
Fast Dogs Review

Afloia Dog Grooming Kit
Suction power: 13 kPa
Dust box capacity: 1.5 liters
Noise level: <60 decibels
No. of tools: 7
  • Adjustable suction.
  • Detachable portable clippers.
  • Includes tools storage tray.

Product Rating: 4.7/5

CHECK PRICE AT AMAZON
Fast Dogs Review

Meowant Dog Grooming Kit for Shedding
Suction power: 13 kPa
Dust box capacity: 3.2 liters
Noise level: <72 decibels
No. of tools: 5
  • Tri-speed suction power.
  • Five attachments.
  • Electric clippers included.

Product Rating: 4.7/5

CHECK PRICE AT AMAZON
Fast Dogs Review

Kidken Grooming Vacuum/Kit - P3 Pro
Suction power: 11 kPa
Dust box capacity: 3.3 liters
Noise level: <52 decibels
No. of tools: 5
  • Generous suction hose length — 6.8 feet.
  • Very-low noise output.
  • Arrives with hair collection nozzle.

Product Rating: 4.7/5

CHECK PRICE AT AMAZON
Fast Dogs Review

Dog Groomer With Vacuum Buying Guide

Were any of you ever subjected to the Flowbee when you were growing up? That 90’s cult classic, which promised professional haircuts for the whole family at home minus the mess? A hair clipper on the end of a vacuum hose, it rarely delivered those stylish cuts (more likely down to mom’s haircutting skills), but it certainly saved on the sweep-up afterward. So why not a dog clippers set with a built-in vacuum for your little pooch?

Sharing your home with a dog, or perhaps even multiple little fur balls, opens the doors to an unlimited supply of floating pet hairs and dander, especially when grooming. Enter the dog groomer with vacuum kit — helping you to keep your home as well groomed as your adorable pooch.

The Benefits of Using a Dog Grooming Kit With Vacuum?

Using a dog grooming kit with a vacuum offers several advantages:

  • Removes any loose hair that may remain in the dog's coat after clipping.

  • Reduces shedding and matting of your dog's coat with regular use.

  • Quick and fuss-free post-groom clean-up time.

  • Better for people with allergies — sucking up the hair, dust, dander, etc., means fewer allergens circulating in your environment.

  • Grooming kits with a vacuum can often be more cost-effective than buying the included grooming tools individually.

dog hair trimmer vacuum.

Choosing the Best Dog Grooming Kit & Vacuum

When choosing a new dog grooming vacuum kit, there are several key considerations you should take into account to ensure you get the best doggy grooming vac for your dog. 

Suction Power

The ability of a vacuum to create suction or negative pressure is often rated in kPa — kilopascal. A vacuum with a higher kPa rating will have a greater ability to pull in hair and other particles, making it more effective at grooming and cleaning tasks. 

Typical examples of suction power include:

  • 1 kPa:Fine dust particles.

  • 8.5 kPa:Dust and hair.

  • 9-15 kPa:Hair, dust, food crumbs, small particles and debris.

  • 20 kPa:Average rating of most standard vacuum cleaners.

Typically, the max suction power of a dog groomer with vacuum sits in the region of 9-13 kPa. 

Bear in mind, not all tasks require the same level of suction, so a vacuum with a variable power is preferable. However, the stronger the suction, the louder the noise will be from the motor.

Noise Levels

If your pooch is anything like mine, one glimpse of the vacuum and they scamper straight for their crate. A loud vacuum may startle or stress your pup, which can make grooming a difficult task. Plus, it can often be just as stressful for the groomer with vacuum when it makes too much noise.

So, check for operation sound levels. 

To give you an idea — your average refrigerator registers at around 55 decibels (dB). Human voices/conversation makes about 60 dB of sound, and an upright traditional vacuum often hits 70-80 dB.

Most dog grooming vacuums employ technology to bring these levels down to 60 dB or lower. However, manufacturers generally promote the noise rating, from the lowest speed setting — it can be significantly higher when used at full power, so check for both.

The length of the hose can also affect the noise level of the dog grooming vacuum kit. The longer the hose, the more distance you can put between your dog and the vacuum’s motor.

What’s Included

What tools can you expect from a dog grooming kit & vacuum? 

Dog Tools

Generally speaking, you’ll find some form of grooming brush, a de-shedding tool for weekly use, and a set of electric clippers.

Detachable clippers can be used independently of the vacuum or attached to the hose so it catches the hair as you clip. A battery pack enables you to use them on the go, whether you have the grooming vacuum with you or not. Some may even feature rechargeable batteries for more cost-efficiency.

And, some dog hair trimmer vacuum kits include attachments or standalone paw clipping and electric nail grinders for a complete grooming experience.

Around-the-Home Attachments

You’ll also find attachments to help with the clean-up in your home.

A crack and crevice tool can pick up those loose hairs which may have fallen down the side of the sofa. What’s more, a cleaning brush or nozzle can help remove dog fur and dander from your grooming area, clothes, soft furnishings, and carpets.

Dust Box Size

Vacuum models vary in capacity from one up to 3 liters plus. Hence, your deciding factors will depend on your dog’s size and coat type.

For example, a one-liter capacity box could work fine for grooming little lap dogs, like the Maltese or Bichon. However, you would be forever emptying it for long-haired dogs or those with thick double heavy-shedding coats, such as the wolf-like Husky.

Aim for a dust box capacity that you don’t need to change halfway through a grooming session. The larger your dog, or the more they shed, the larger the capacity you’ll want — around the 3-liter mark.

Best Dog Groomer With Vacuum Reviews — Our Picks

Bunfly Pet Clipper Grooming Kit and Vacuum

Best Overall Dog Groomer With Vacuum

PetSafe Wireless Fence Pet Containment System (PIF-300)
PetSafe Stay and Play Fence Receiver Collar
Wireless Long-Range Dog Fence
Wireless Fence for Small Dogs
Invisible Dog Fence with GPS
Invisible Dog Fence With A Remote Trainer
Invisible Dog Fence With No Shock

There may be larger capacity vacuums on the market, but for a lightweight — 4.4 pounds — compact unit, it’s hard to beat this dog grooming vacuum kit from Bunfly.

A strong suction power of 13 kPa is close to that of a miniature vacuum cleaner. It also uses the latest noise reduction technology to ensure your pup isn’t startled too much as you clip and vacuum their coat. And, with a two-stage HEPA filter system dander, dust or pollen, etc., is picked up — helping those with allergies.

In the box you get seven tools — a grooming comb, attachable clippers with five trim guides, a bath brush, and a slicker/de-shedding comb. But you also receive a crack and crevice tool and a pet roller brush. Hence, not only will the Bunfly keep your dog’s coat free of dead hair, but your sofa and home too.

And, it also includes a massage attachment, so you can calm your canine and boost circulation. 

The Bunfly grooming kit works exactly as it says on the box, it’s easy to use with a lightweight design, yet strong suction power.

The PIF-300 is designed to cover up to ½ of an acre which is about 90 feet in all directions. The area of effect is circular and the shape cannot be adjusted. In other words, if you’re looking for a rectangular or square area of effect, this model isn’t the best solution. The receiver collar is waterproof, sturdy, and fits pets that weigh eight pounds and more. The circumference of the collar is 6 to 28 inches. As you can tell, it is designed to fit almost any breed that weighs more than eight pounds. Needless to say, you shouldn’t use this model on smaller dogs.

This particular model is great for dogs that weigh 5 pounds and more. It also fits 6-23-inch neck sizes. As you can tell, one of the biggest advantages of this collar is its versatility.
This collar offers five adjustable levels of static correction as well as a tone-only mode. However, make sure you always choose the proper correction level or else you won’t have much success when it comes to correcting your pet’s behavior. It’s important that you find the level that causes your dog to react and acknowledge the signal, but is not over-stimulated or even hurt. If you’re not quite sure on how to begin fine-tuning, refer to the user manual, and you will usually find the right answers.
Bunfly Pet Clipper Grooming Kit and Vacuum.

OUR RATING: 4.8/5

PROS:

• <65 dB noise reduction.
• Strong suction collects 99% of pet hair.
• Large 3-literdust box.
• Two-stage HEPA filter

• Extra massage comb included.

CONS:

• Instruction manual could be better.


Oneisall Dog Hair Vacuum & Dog Grooming Kit

Best Value Dog Grooming Vacuum Kit

PetSafe Wireless Fence Pet Containment System (PIF-300)
PetSafe Stay and Play Fence Receiver Collar
Wireless Long-Range Dog Fence
Wireless Fence for Small Dogs
Invisible Dog Fence with GPS
Invisible Dog Fence With A Remote Trainer
Invisible Dog Fence With No Shock

For the cash-conscious or newbie DIY dog groomer — the Oneisall vacuum grooming kit offers a lot of features for a very reasonable price. 

This kit comes with a grooming brush and de-shedding tool to gently remove loose hair and keep your pup’s coat shiny and smooth while eliminating tangles. 

It also includes an electric clipper — and six cutting guides. This unit is cordless, and can be used with or without connecting to the hose — perfect for quick trims. The nail grinder and paw trimmer attachments also fix to the clipper — offering a complete head-to-paw grooming kit.

And, for cleaning up your work area, or for a thorough de-dander/de-fluff of your sofa, carpets, and floors — you’ll find a brush tool for cleaning and a nozzle attachment for those tougher-to-reach places.

The 1.5-liter dust box means the unit is more compact than many other dog grooming vacuums, but it’s ideal for those with limited space. Plus, a handy storage tray ensures all your grooming accessories are kept in their place.

Although the vacuum has a low noise level — <60 decibels — its 10 kPa suction power means you may need to guide the hair into the vacuum hole.

The PIF-300 is designed to cover up to ½ of an acre which is about 90 feet in all directions. The area of effect is circular and the shape cannot be adjusted. In other words, if you’re looking for a rectangular or square area of effect, this model isn’t the best solution. The receiver collar is waterproof, sturdy, and fits pets that weigh eight pounds and more. The circumference of the collar is 6 to 28 inches. As you can tell, it is designed to fit almost any breed that weighs more than eight pounds. Needless to say, you shouldn’t use this model on smaller dogs.

This particular model is great for dogs that weigh 5 pounds and more. It also fits 6-23-inch neck sizes. As you can tell, one of the biggest advantages of this collar is its versatility.
This collar offers five adjustable levels of static correction as well as a tone-only mode. However, make sure you always choose the proper correction level or else you won’t have much success when it comes to correcting your pet’s behavior. It’s important that you find the level that causes your dog to react and acknowledge the signal, but is not over-stimulated or even hurt. If you’re not quite sure on how to begin fine-tuning, refer to the user manual, and you will usually find the right answers.
Oneisall Dog Hair Vacuum & Dog Grooming Kit.

OUR RATING: 4.6/5

PROS:

• Affordable low price.
• Compact and easy to store.
• Includes seven attachments.

CONS:

• Minimal difference between low and high-speed function.


Neakasa by Neabot P1 Pro Pet Grooming Kit & Vacuum

Best Small Dog Groomer with Vacuum

PetSafe Wireless Fence Pet Containment System (PIF-300)
PetSafe Stay and Play Fence Receiver Collar
Wireless Long-Range Dog Fence
Wireless Fence for Small Dogs
Invisible Dog Fence with GPS
Invisible Dog Fence With A Remote Trainer
Invisible Dog Fence With No Shock

With a dust box capacity of one liter, this Neakasa vacuum kit is perfect for pampering pint-sized pooches. And, weighing 4.4 pounds with a pawprint of 11.4 x 5.2 x 8.3 inches, finding storage space isn’t going to cause you many headaches either.

Included in the box — a grooming brush, de-shedding tool, cleaning brush, and cleaning nozzle, and those all-important electric clippers — the essentials for home grooming. Plus, it comes with four clipping combs (0.23 to 0.94 inches) and a clipper wind cover that both enhances and directs suction — so more hair is vacuumed up while you trim.

Three suction settings — eco, standard, and boost allow you to tailor the noise according to how comfortable your dog feels. Or change the level of suction to match your dog's coat type — helping to remove those loose hairs.

At less than 60 decibels, the vacuum is very quiet on the lowest suction setting, so it reduces the chances of unsettling your dog.

The PIF-300 is designed to cover up to ½ of an acre which is about 90 feet in all directions. The area of effect is circular and the shape cannot be adjusted. In other words, if you’re looking for a rectangular or square area of effect, this model isn’t the best solution. The receiver collar is waterproof, sturdy, and fits pets that weigh eight pounds and more. The circumference of the collar is 6 to 28 inches. As you can tell, it is designed to fit almost any breed that weighs more than eight pounds. Needless to say, you shouldn’t use this model on smaller dogs.

This particular model is great for dogs that weigh 5 pounds and more. It also fits 6-23-inch neck sizes. As you can tell, one of the biggest advantages of this collar is its versatility.
This collar offers five adjustable levels of static correction as well as a tone-only mode. However, make sure you always choose the proper correction level or else you won’t have much success when it comes to correcting your pet’s behavior. It’s important that you find the level that causes your dog to react and acknowledge the signal, but is not over-stimulated or even hurt. If you’re not quite sure on how to begin fine-tuning, refer to the user manual, and you will usually find the right answers.
Neakasa by Neabot P1 Pro Pet Grooming Kit & Vacuum.

OUR RATING: 4.6/5

PROS:

• Power cord and hose storage.
• Three variable suction levels.
• HEPA filter system.

CONS:

• Can have a strong rubber smell when first unpacked.
• Storage basket could be more sturdy.


Afloia Dog Grooming Kit

Most Versatile Dog Grooming Kit & Vacuum

PetSafe Wireless Fence Pet Containment System (PIF-300)
PetSafe Stay and Play Fence Receiver Collar
Wireless Long-Range Dog Fence
Wireless Fence for Small Dogs
Invisible Dog Fence with GPS
Invisible Dog Fence With A Remote Trainer
Invisible Dog Fence With No Shock

The Afloia dog grooming vacuum comes with an extra long hose — which can be extended to nearly 5 feet — and a power cable of 8.7 feet for use in the yard or larger living rooms without distance limitation. 

A powerful 13 kPa vacuum provides enough suction to capture at least 90% of all the dog hair as you groom your pet, and it operates at less than 60 decibels. What’s more, if your little fur ball is easily startled by the noise, the lengthy hose means you can keep them even further away from the motor.

You’ll find seven tools/attachments in this versatile kit — the vacuum/cleaning brush, crevice nozzle, grooming brush, and de-shedding tool fix directly to the suction hose. The nail grinder, paw trimmer, and clipper blade are all operated via the detachable grooming clipper — with the hose or without for portable use. 

Its dog grooming clipper features a rechargeable battery with a run time of around 2 hours — providing you with ample time for a clip session. And, with the battery indicator on the side, you’ll know exactly how much cell life you have left. Plus, the daily grooming brush and de-shedding tool can loosen any floating hair or clean their fur coat of dust to make the hair appear more fluffy.

With a 1.5-liter dust cup, it should be sufficient for single-dog households or multiple small dogs — without the need for emptying during the grooming process. So, you won’t lose grooming momentum.

A provided cleaning brush and nozzle can vacuum up any hair on your clothes or carpet. It’s also capable of cleaning any detritus between sofas with that extra long hose allowing you to reach corners other vacuums may not reach.

The PIF-300 is designed to cover up to ½ of an acre which is about 90 feet in all directions. The area of effect is circular and the shape cannot be adjusted. In other words, if you’re looking for a rectangular or square area of effect, this model isn’t the best solution. The receiver collar is waterproof, sturdy, and fits pets that weigh eight pounds and more. The circumference of the collar is 6 to 28 inches. As you can tell, it is designed to fit almost any breed that weighs more than eight pounds. Needless to say, you shouldn’t use this model on smaller dogs.

This particular model is great for dogs that weigh 5 pounds and more. It also fits 6-23-inch neck sizes. As you can tell, one of the biggest advantages of this collar is its versatility.
This collar offers five adjustable levels of static correction as well as a tone-only mode. However, make sure you always choose the proper correction level or else you won’t have much success when it comes to correcting your pet’s behavior. It’s important that you find the level that causes your dog to react and acknowledge the signal, but is not over-stimulated or even hurt. If you’re not quite sure on how to begin fine-tuning, refer to the user manual, and you will usually find the right answers.
Afloia Dog Grooming Kit.

OUR RATING: 4.7/5

PROS:

• Lengthy hose and power cord.
• Detachable electric clippers with rechargeable battery.
• Powerful variable suction.

CONS:

• Problems with filter clogging from longer hair.


Meowant Dog Grooming Kit for Shedding

Best for Large Dogs

PetSafe Wireless Fence Pet Containment System (PIF-300)
PetSafe Stay and Play Fence Receiver Collar
Wireless Long-Range Dog Fence
Wireless Fence for Small Dogs
Invisible Dog Fence with GPS
Invisible Dog Fence With A Remote Trainer
Invisible Dog Fence With No Shock

The Meowant dog grooming vacuum kit could appeal to pet parents with large dogs and lots of hair, fluff, or fur. This is all thanks to the larger 3.2-liter dust box.

Arriving with five grooming tools, including a grooming brush, a de-shedding tool, an electric clipper, a pet hair remover, and a 2-in-1 crevice tool. The Meowant has the basics covered for both your canine’s coat and clean-up tools for your home. 

With three levels of suction up to 13 kPa, the vacuum should remove 99% of scattered pet hair to keep your home clean and tidy as you groom your pet. That extra large 3.2-liter capacity dust cup means you don’t have to empty the hair as often as smaller units. This is especially useful for grooming large dogs, and avoids mid-grooming downtime.

Unfortunately, that extra capacity and powerful suction means it can be noisier — 72 decibels — than the other dog grooming vacuums we’ve looked at. However, the solid round base with sturdy feet and longer hose allows for it to be securely stood on a nearby surface away from your pooch’s sensitive ears — slightly reducing the noise level.

The innovative design of the Meowant vacuum kit has an attached handle for easier portability, and a simple clip allows for easy removal of the dust cup to dump the hairs.

The PIF-300 is designed to cover up to ½ of an acre which is about 90 feet in all directions. The area of effect is circular and the shape cannot be adjusted. In other words, if you’re looking for a rectangular or square area of effect, this model isn’t the best solution. The receiver collar is waterproof, sturdy, and fits pets that weigh eight pounds and more. The circumference of the collar is 6 to 28 inches. As you can tell, it is designed to fit almost any breed that weighs more than eight pounds. Needless to say, you shouldn’t use this model on smaller dogs.

This particular model is great for dogs that weigh 5 pounds and more. It also fits 6-23-inch neck sizes. As you can tell, one of the biggest advantages of this collar is its versatility.
This collar offers five adjustable levels of static correction as well as a tone-only mode. However, make sure you always choose the proper correction level or else you won’t have much success when it comes to correcting your pet’s behavior. It’s important that you find the level that causes your dog to react and acknowledge the signal, but is not over-stimulated or even hurt. If you’re not quite sure on how to begin fine-tuning, refer to the user manual, and you will usually find the right answers.
Meowant Dog Grooming Kit for Shedding.

OUR RATING: 4.7/5

PROS:

• Large capacity dust box.
• Max suction of 13 kPa.
• 5-in-1 grooming kit.

CONS:

• Noise can be noticeable at higher speeds.


Kidken Pet Grooming Vacuum/Kit - P3 Pro

Best Low-Noise Dog Hair Trimmer Vacuum

PetSafe Wireless Fence Pet Containment System (PIF-300)
PetSafe Stay and Play Fence Receiver Collar
Wireless Long-Range Dog Fence
Wireless Fence for Small Dogs
Invisible Dog Fence with GPS
Invisible Dog Fence With A Remote Trainer
Invisible Dog Fence With No Shock

If you have a pooch who gets a little nervous around too much noise, the Kidken vacuum kit could be one solution. It has a noise-reduction motor with a long 6.8-foot hose so you can keep Fido away from the vacuum.

And, despite a suction power of 11 kPa, the Kidken operates at 52 decibels. However, it could reach 65 decibels when operating at full capacity. So, to get your dog used to the groomer vacuum, introduce your pet to it at the lowest speed setting and take advantage of the long hose, by setting the unit as far away as possible.

Its four-piece accessory set includes:

A comb with four attachments — flea comb, rake, de-shedding brush, and rubber comb, which covers the essentials of grooming. Its battery-operated trimmer also comes with four clipper guides from 0.125 to 0.5 inches — providing various cutting lengths. Although, you’ll have to purchase the cells separately.

The other two pieces help you with clean-up. A nozzle to clean up any stray hairs from your furniture, and a cleaning brush that can be used on your clothes and soft furnishings like curtains.

One observation is that the de-shedding tool appears to be on the large side, which may be quite intimidating for smaller pets.

The Kidken P3 Pro is quite a bulky item, as you would expect with that large 3.3-liter dust box. That said, it does provide an area to wrap that lengthy hose around when not in use. Unfortunately, there doesn’t seem to be any space provided for storing the tools in the unit.

The PIF-300 is designed to cover up to ½ of an acre which is about 90 feet in all directions. The area of effect is circular and the shape cannot be adjusted. In other words, if you’re looking for a rectangular or square area of effect, this model isn’t the best solution. The receiver collar is waterproof, sturdy, and fits pets that weigh eight pounds and more. The circumference of the collar is 6 to 28 inches. As you can tell, it is designed to fit almost any breed that weighs more than eight pounds. Needless to say, you shouldn’t use this model on smaller dogs.

This particular model is great for dogs that weigh 5 pounds and more. It also fits 6-23-inch neck sizes. As you can tell, one of the biggest advantages of this collar is its versatility.
This collar offers five adjustable levels of static correction as well as a tone-only mode. However, make sure you always choose the proper correction level or else you won’t have much success when it comes to correcting your pet’s behavior. It’s important that you find the level that causes your dog to react and acknowledge the signal, but is not over-stimulated or even hurt. If you’re not quite sure on how to begin fine-tuning, refer to the user manual, and you will usually find the right answers.
Kidken Grooming VacuumKit - P3 Pro.

OUR RATING: 4.7/5

PROS:

• Long hose attachment.
• Four combs/brushes to remove loose hair.
• Upgraded large capacity dust box.

CONS:

• Suction can be weak for longer hose.

dog grooming kit with vacuum.

Conclusion

A dog grooming kit with vacuum is a convenient way to take care of your dog’s coat. It saves you money, when compared to purchasing tools separately — and saves you time with the post-groom clean-up. 

When selecting a grooming kit, consider the specific needs of your dog, what’s included, the level of operation noise, and dust box capacity.

From the large-dog-friendly Meowant to the Oneisall for the budget conscious — there is a unit to suit a multitude of requirements. However, for us, the top spot goes to the Bunfly — with a decent capacity, a wide range of tools, and the inclusion of an allergen-reducing HEPA filter, it’s an all-rounder unit.

Whichever you decide on — by investing in a high-quality dog groomer with vacuum, you can ensure a clean and stress-free grooming experience for both you and your dog.

Dog Grooming Kit With Vacuum FAQs

Are Dog Grooming Kits With Vacuums Suitable for All Dog Breeds?

Yes. They typically come with adjustable suction power, allowing groomers to customize the intensity based on the dog's coat thickness and sensitivity. This ensures that the grooming process is gentle and effective for all types of dogs.

Can You Use a Vacuum to Groom a Dog?

Yes, with a dog groomer vacuum. But, no for traditional vacuums — they may distress your pooch with their more powerful suction and louder noise. Leave the best vacuums for dog hair for cleaning up your home — not your dog. 

Can a Dog Grooming Vacuum Kit Replace Traditional Grooming Tools?

The best dog grooming kit with a vacuum offers a comprehensive grooming solution, but they may not entirely replace traditional grooming tools. 

While the vacuum attachment efficiently removes loose fur, traditional tools like brushes and combs are still useful for detangling hair, shaping the coat, and providing finishing touches. Combining both vacuum-assisted grooming and traditional tools can provide the best results.

Why Are Dogs Afraid of Vacuum Cleaners?

Many dogs, especially smaller breeds, are afraid of vacuums, just like they are thunderstorms or fireworks. The high-frequency noise a vacuum makes can hurt your dog’s ears and often cause significant distress. Bear in mind that dogs hear sounds at much higher frequencies than the human ear, which can add to the dog’s fear.

How Do I Clean and Maintain a Dog Grooming Kit & Vacuum?

Cleaning and maintaining a dog grooming kit with a vacuum ensures the kit's effectiveness and extends its lifespan.

You should:

  • Regularly empty and clean the collection bag to prevent clogs and maintain suction power.

  • Check and clean the vacuum’s filter/s as per the manufacturer's instructions.

  • Regularly inspect the grooming tools for any debris or hair buildup, and clean them thoroughly after each use.

Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Best Wireless Dog Fence with No Shock Reviews
Best Wireless Fence Dog Review and Buyers Guide
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.